1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
53 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
54 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
70 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
71 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
72 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
73 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
74 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
75 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
76 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
84 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
102 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
103 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
124 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
125 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
126 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
127 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
128 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
136 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
152 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
153 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
154 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
155 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
156 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
177 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
180 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
188 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
199 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
204 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
207 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h & 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
224 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
225 unsigned long h = 5381;
228 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
229 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
230 return h & 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
241 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
242 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
245 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
246 if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
251 elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
261 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
272 elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
280 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
284 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
286 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
287 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
290 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
291 if (shstrtab == NULL)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
295 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
300 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
301 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
308 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
309 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
310 the string table over and over. */
311 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
314 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
315 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
317 return (char *) shstrtab;
321 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
322 unsigned int shindex,
323 unsigned int strindex)
325 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
330 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
333 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
335 if (hdr->contents == NULL
336 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
339 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
341 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
342 (*_bfd_error_handler)
343 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
344 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
345 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
347 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
351 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
354 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
355 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
356 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
357 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
358 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
359 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
360 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
363 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
364 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
367 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
369 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
371 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
373 const bfd_byte *esym;
374 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
375 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
376 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
377 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
378 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
379 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
384 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
390 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
392 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
393 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
395 /* Read the symbols. */
397 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
399 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
400 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
401 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
402 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
403 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
405 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
406 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
408 if (extsym_buf == NULL
409 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
410 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
416 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
420 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
421 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
422 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
424 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
425 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
426 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
428 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
429 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
430 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
437 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
439 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
440 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
441 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
442 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
446 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
447 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
448 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
449 shndx = extshndx_buf;
451 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
452 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
454 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
455 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
456 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
457 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
458 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
465 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
467 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
468 free (alloc_extshndx);
473 /* Look up a symbol name. */
475 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
477 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
481 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
482 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
484 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
485 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
486 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
488 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
489 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
492 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
495 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
496 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
501 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
502 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
505 typedef union elf_internal_group {
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
508 } Elf_Internal_Group;
510 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
511 signature just a string? */
514 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
517 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
518 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
521 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
522 that it is a symbol table section. */
523 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
525 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
526 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
527 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
530 /* Go read the symbol. */
531 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
532 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
533 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
536 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
539 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
542 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
544 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
546 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
547 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
550 unsigned int i, shnum;
552 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
553 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
554 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
557 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
558 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
559 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
560 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
561 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
563 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
565 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
567 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
573 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
574 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
578 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
579 so we can find them quickly. */
582 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
583 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
584 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
585 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
589 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
591 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
593 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
596 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
598 /* Add to list of sections. */
599 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
602 /* Read the raw contents. */
603 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
604 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
605 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
606 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
607 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
608 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
611 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
616 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
618 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
619 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
623 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
624 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
625 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
627 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
628 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
635 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
636 if (src == shdr->contents)
639 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
640 shdr->bfd_section->flags
641 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
646 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
647 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
650 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
657 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
661 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
663 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
664 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
665 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
667 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
668 section is a member. */
670 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
674 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
675 other members to see if any others are linked via
677 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
678 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
680 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
681 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
685 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
686 insert current section in circular list. */
687 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
688 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
689 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
695 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
698 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
700 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
701 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
704 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
706 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
707 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
715 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
717 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
724 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
727 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
728 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
731 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
732 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
734 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
735 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
737 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
738 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
739 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
740 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
743 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
744 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
745 bed->link_order_error_handler
746 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
751 asection *linksec = NULL;
753 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
755 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
756 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
760 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
761 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
764 (*_bfd_error_handler)
765 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
766 s->owner, s, elfsec);
770 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
775 /* Process section groups. */
776 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
779 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
782 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
783 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
786 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
787 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
788 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
789 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
790 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
791 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
792 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
793 relocation sections are in section group in input object
795 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
798 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
799 (*_bfd_error_handler)
800 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
802 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
803 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
804 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
807 shdr->bfd_section->name);
815 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
817 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
820 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
821 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
824 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
825 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
831 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
833 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
836 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
840 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
841 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
842 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
844 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
845 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
846 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
848 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
850 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
851 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
852 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
853 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
856 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
857 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
858 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
859 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
860 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
861 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
864 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
867 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
868 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
869 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
871 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
873 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
876 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
877 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
878 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
880 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
881 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
883 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
884 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
885 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
886 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
888 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
890 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
891 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
898 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
899 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
900 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
901 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
902 else if (name[1] == 'l')
904 else if (name[1] == 's')
906 else if (name[1] == 'z')
907 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
910 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
911 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
915 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
916 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
917 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
918 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
919 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
920 all but one of the sections. */
921 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
922 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
923 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
925 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
926 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
927 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
930 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
933 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
934 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
935 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
936 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
940 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
943 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
947 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
949 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
950 unsigned int i, nload;
952 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
953 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
954 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
955 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
956 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
957 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
958 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
960 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
962 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
965 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
966 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
968 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
969 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
970 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
971 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
973 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
974 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
975 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
977 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
978 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
979 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
980 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
981 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
982 segment will contain sections with contiguous
983 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
984 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
985 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
987 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
988 offsets whether a section with zero size should
989 be placed at the end of one segment or the
990 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
991 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
992 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
993 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
999 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1000 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1001 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1002 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1003 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1005 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1008 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect))
1010 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1011 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1012 action = decompress;
1016 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1017 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) && newsect->size != 0)
1027 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1029 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1030 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1036 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1038 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
1039 if (new_name == NULL)
1043 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
1047 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1049 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1050 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1056 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1058 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
1059 if (new_name == NULL)
1062 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
1066 if (new_name != NULL)
1067 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1073 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1074 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1075 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1076 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1079 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1080 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1081 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1082 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1083 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1084 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1085 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1086 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1087 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1089 bfd_reloc_status_type
1090 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1091 arelent *reloc_entry,
1093 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1094 asection *input_section,
1096 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1098 if (output_bfd != NULL
1099 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1100 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1101 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1103 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1104 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1107 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1110 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1114 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1116 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1117 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1120 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1122 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1123 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1126 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1128 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1129 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
1130 elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
1132 /* Copy object attributes. */
1133 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1138 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1143 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1144 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1145 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1146 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1147 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1148 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1149 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1150 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1151 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1152 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1153 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1154 default: pt = NULL; break;
1159 /* Print out the program headers. */
1162 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1164 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1165 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1167 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1169 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1174 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1175 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1176 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1178 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1183 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1186 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1187 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1188 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1189 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1190 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1191 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1192 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1193 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1195 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1197 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1198 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1199 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1200 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1201 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1202 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1207 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1210 unsigned int elfsec;
1211 unsigned long shlink;
1212 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1214 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1216 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1218 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1221 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1222 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1224 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1226 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1227 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1230 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1231 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1233 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1234 const char *name = "";
1236 bfd_boolean stringp;
1237 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1239 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1241 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1248 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1249 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1251 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1253 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1258 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1259 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1260 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1261 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1262 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1263 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1264 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1265 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1266 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1267 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1268 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1271 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1272 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1273 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1274 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1275 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1276 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1277 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1278 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1279 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1280 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1281 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1282 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1283 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1284 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1285 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1286 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1287 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1288 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1289 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1290 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1291 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1293 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1294 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1295 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1296 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1298 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1299 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1300 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1301 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1302 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1304 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1305 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1306 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1307 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1308 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1309 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1310 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1311 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1312 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1313 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1314 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1315 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1318 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1322 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1327 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1329 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1332 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1341 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1342 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1344 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1348 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1350 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1352 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1353 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1355 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1356 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1357 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1358 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1360 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1363 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1367 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1373 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1375 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1377 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1378 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1380 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1382 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1383 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1384 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1385 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1386 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1387 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1399 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1402 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1405 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1407 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1410 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1411 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1413 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1414 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1415 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1416 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1418 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1420 const char *section_name;
1421 const char *name = NULL;
1422 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1423 unsigned char st_other;
1426 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1428 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1429 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1430 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1434 name = symbol->name;
1435 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1438 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1439 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1440 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1441 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1442 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1443 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1444 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1446 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1447 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1449 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1450 if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
1451 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0
1452 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
1454 unsigned int vernum;
1455 const char *version_string;
1457 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1460 version_string = "";
1461 else if (vernum == 1)
1462 version_string = "Base";
1463 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1465 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1468 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1470 version_string = "";
1471 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1475 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1477 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1479 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1481 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1488 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1489 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1494 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1495 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1500 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1501 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1506 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1507 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1508 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1510 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1512 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1515 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1521 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1523 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1524 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1526 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1528 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1533 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1534 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1535 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1537 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1544 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1546 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1549 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1551 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1552 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1553 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1556 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1559 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1560 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1561 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1566 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1567 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1570 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1573 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1574 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1575 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1576 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1577 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1578 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1579 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1580 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1581 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1582 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1584 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1585 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1587 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
1589 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1590 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1591 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
1594 case bfd_arch_sparc:
1595 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1596 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1598 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1603 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1605 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1607 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1609 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1610 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1611 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1612 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1614 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1615 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1619 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1621 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1622 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1624 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1625 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1627 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1635 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1636 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1639 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1641 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1643 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1645 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1646 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1647 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1651 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1652 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1653 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1655 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1657 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1658 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1659 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1660 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1661 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1663 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1664 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1665 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1669 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1670 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1671 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1672 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1674 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1676 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1677 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1679 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1680 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1681 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1685 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1687 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1688 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1689 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1693 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1697 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1698 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1701 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1703 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1705 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1707 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1708 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1709 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1713 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1714 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1715 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1716 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1717 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1719 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1720 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1721 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1723 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1724 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1727 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1728 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1729 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1730 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1733 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1734 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1736 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1738 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1739 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1742 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1753 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1754 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1755 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1757 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1761 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1762 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1763 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1764 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1766 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1768 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1769 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1771 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1772 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1774 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1777 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1779 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1781 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1782 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1786 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1790 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1792 asection *target_sect;
1793 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
1794 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1795 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
1799 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1800 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1803 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1804 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1806 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1807 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1808 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1809 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1813 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1814 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1815 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1816 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1817 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1818 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1819 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1821 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1822 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
1823 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1824 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1830 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1832 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1833 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1844 hdr->sh_link = found;
1847 /* Get the symbol table. */
1848 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1849 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1850 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1853 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1854 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1855 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1856 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1857 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1858 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1859 sh_link points to the null section. */
1860 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1861 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
1862 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1863 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1864 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1865 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1866 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1869 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1871 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1872 if (target_sect == NULL)
1875 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
1876 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1877 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
1879 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
1881 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL);
1882 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1883 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1888 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1889 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1890 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1891 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1892 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1893 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1894 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1895 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1897 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1898 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
1900 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1904 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1905 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1906 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1907 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1909 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1910 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1912 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1916 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1917 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1918 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1919 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1925 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
1927 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1929 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1931 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1932 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1935 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1936 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1937 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1939 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1941 while (--n_elt != 0)
1945 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1946 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1947 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1949 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1957 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1958 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1959 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1961 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1963 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1967 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1968 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1971 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1973 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1974 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1975 for applications? */
1976 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1977 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1978 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1979 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1981 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1982 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1985 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1986 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1987 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1988 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1989 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1991 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1992 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1994 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1995 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1996 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1997 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1998 be rejected with an error message. */
1999 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2000 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2002 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2004 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2005 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2008 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2009 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2010 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2011 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2019 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2022 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2024 unsigned long r_symndx)
2026 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2028 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2030 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2031 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2032 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2034 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2035 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2036 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2039 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2041 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2044 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2047 return &cache->sym[ent];
2050 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2054 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2056 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2058 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2061 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2064 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2067 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2070 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2073 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2075 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2077 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2078 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2079 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2088 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2091 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2095 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2098 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2102 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2109 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2112 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2114 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2115 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2118 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2120 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2121 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2122 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2123 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2126 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2128 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2129 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2132 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2136 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2139 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2141 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2142 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2143 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2146 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2148 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2149 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2150 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2151 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2152 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2155 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2157 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2158 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2159 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2160 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2161 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2162 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2163 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2166 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2168 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2169 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2170 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2171 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2174 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2176 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2177 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2178 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2179 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2180 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2183 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2185 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2186 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2187 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2189 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2190 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2191 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2192 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2195 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2197 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2199 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2201 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2202 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2203 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2209 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2212 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2213 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2214 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2220 len = strlen (name);
2222 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2225 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2227 if (len < prefix_len)
2229 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2232 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2233 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2235 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2237 if (suffix_len == 0)
2239 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2240 && (suffix_len == -2
2241 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2247 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2249 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2250 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2260 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2261 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2265 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2267 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2268 if (sec->name == NULL)
2271 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2272 spec = bed->special_sections;
2275 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2276 bed->special_sections,
2282 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2285 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2286 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2289 spec = special_sections[i];
2294 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2298 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2300 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2301 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2302 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2304 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2307 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2311 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2314 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2315 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2316 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2318 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2319 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2320 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2321 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2322 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2323 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2324 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2325 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2326 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2327 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2328 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2330 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2333 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2334 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2335 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2337 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2338 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2342 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2345 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2347 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2348 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2349 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2350 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2352 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2353 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2354 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2355 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2356 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2357 of combined data+bss.
2359 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2360 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2361 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2362 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2363 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2368 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2369 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2371 const char *type_name)
2379 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2380 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2381 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2383 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2385 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2386 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2387 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2390 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2391 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2392 if (newsect == NULL)
2394 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2395 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2396 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2397 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2398 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2399 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2400 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2402 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2403 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2404 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2406 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2408 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2411 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2413 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2417 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2421 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2422 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2423 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2426 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2427 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2428 if (newsect == NULL)
2430 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2431 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2432 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2433 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2434 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2435 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2436 align = hdr->p_align;
2437 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2438 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2440 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2441 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2442 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2443 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2444 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2445 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2446 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2448 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2449 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2450 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2452 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2453 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2460 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2462 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2464 switch (hdr->p_type)
2467 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2470 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2479 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2481 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2486 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
2489 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
2491 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2492 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
2499 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
2502 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2503 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2504 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
2508 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2512 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
2514 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
2516 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
2517 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
2520 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
2523 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2524 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2525 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2529 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2530 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
2532 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2534 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
2536 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2539 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
2540 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
2541 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2542 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
2544 amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2545 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2548 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2550 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2552 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2554 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2555 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2556 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2557 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2558 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2559 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2560 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2561 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2562 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2567 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2570 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
2572 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2573 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2575 return SHT_PROGBITS;
2578 struct fake_section_arg
2580 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
2584 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2587 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
2589 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
2590 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2591 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
2592 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2593 unsigned int sh_type;
2597 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2602 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
2604 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2605 asect->name, FALSE);
2606 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2612 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2614 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2615 || asect->user_set_vma)
2616 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2618 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2620 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2621 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2622 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2623 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2624 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2625 copy_private_section_data. */
2627 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2628 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2630 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2632 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2633 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2635 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
2637 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2638 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2639 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2640 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2641 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2643 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2644 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2645 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2646 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2647 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2648 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2649 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2652 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2658 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2659 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2660 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2667 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2671 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2675 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2679 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2680 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2684 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2685 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2688 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2689 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2692 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2693 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2694 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2695 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2697 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2698 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2701 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2704 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2705 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2706 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2707 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2709 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2710 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2712 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2713 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2717 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2721 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2725 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2726 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2727 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2728 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2729 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2730 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2731 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2733 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2734 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2735 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2736 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2738 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2739 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2740 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2742 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2743 if (asect->size == 0
2744 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2746 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2748 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2751 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2752 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2753 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2757 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2758 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
2760 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2761 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2762 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2763 create the other. */
2764 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
2766 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2769 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2770 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
2771 && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
2773 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
2774 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE))
2779 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
2780 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE))
2786 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2788 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
2794 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2795 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2796 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2797 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2800 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2802 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2803 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2804 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2808 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2809 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2810 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2811 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2814 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2816 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
2817 asection *elt, *first;
2821 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2823 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2827 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
2829 unsigned long symindx = 0;
2831 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2833 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2834 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2838 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2839 elf_section_syms. */
2840 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
2841 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2843 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2845 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
2847 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2848 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2849 set until all local symbols are output. */
2850 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
2851 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
2852 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
2853 unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
2854 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2856 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
2858 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2860 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
2861 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2863 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
2864 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2865 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2866 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2868 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
2871 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2873 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2876 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2878 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2879 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2880 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2887 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2889 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2890 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2891 start of the input section group. */
2892 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2894 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2895 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2896 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2897 directives, not that it matters. */
2904 s = s->output_section;
2906 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
2908 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2911 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2913 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2918 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2921 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2924 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2925 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2926 in here too, while we're at it. */
2929 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2931 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2933 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2934 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2935 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2936 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
2940 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2942 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2943 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2945 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2946 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2948 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2950 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2952 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2954 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2955 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2956 abfd->section_count--;
2959 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2964 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2966 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2968 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2969 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2970 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2973 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
2981 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
2982 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
2988 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
2989 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2990 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
2992 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
2993 || (link_info == NULL
2994 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
2998 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
2999 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3000 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3002 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = section_number++;
3003 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
3004 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3005 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3006 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3009 elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3010 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3013 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3016 abfd, section_number);
3020 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3021 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3023 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3024 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3026 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3028 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3029 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3030 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3033 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3034 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3035 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3037 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3041 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3043 i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3046 i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3047 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3049 i_shdrp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3050 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3052 i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3053 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
3056 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3061 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3063 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3064 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3065 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3066 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3067 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3069 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3071 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3072 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3073 the relocation entries apply. */
3074 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3076 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3077 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3079 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3081 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3082 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3085 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3086 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3088 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3091 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3092 if (link_info != NULL)
3094 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3095 if (discarded_section (s))
3098 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3099 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3100 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3102 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3103 size as the discarded one. */
3104 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3107 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3113 s = s->output_section;
3114 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3118 /* Handle objcopy. */
3119 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3121 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3122 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3123 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3124 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3127 s = s->output_section;
3129 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3134 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3135 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3136 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3138 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3139 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3140 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3141 bed->link_order_error_handler
3142 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3147 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3151 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3152 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3153 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3154 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3155 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3156 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3157 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3159 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3161 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3163 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3167 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3169 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3173 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3174 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3175 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3176 field to point to this section. */
3177 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3178 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3183 len = strlen (sec->name);
3184 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3187 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3188 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3189 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3193 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3195 /* This is a .stab section. */
3196 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3197 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3198 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3205 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3206 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3207 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3208 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3210 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3212 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3215 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3216 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3217 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3218 the version strings. */
3219 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3220 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3222 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3227 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3228 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3229 this hash table or version table is for. */
3230 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3232 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3236 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3240 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3241 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3242 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3244 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3245 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3250 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3252 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3253 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3254 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3255 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3257 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3258 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3259 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3262 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3263 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3266 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3268 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
3270 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
3273 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
3274 return ((type_ptr != NULL
3275 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
3276 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3277 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3278 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3279 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
3280 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
3283 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3284 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3287 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
3289 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3290 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3291 asymbol **sect_syms;
3292 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3293 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3294 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3295 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3302 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3306 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3308 if (max_index < asect->index)
3309 max_index = asect->index;
3313 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3314 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3316 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3317 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3319 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3320 decided to output. */
3321 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3323 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3325 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3327 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
3328 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3330 asection *sec = sym->section;
3332 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3333 sec = sec->output_section;
3335 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3339 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3340 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3342 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3344 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3348 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3349 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3350 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3351 at least in that case. */
3352 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3354 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3356 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3363 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3364 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
3365 sizeof (asymbol *));
3367 if (new_syms == NULL)
3370 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3372 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3375 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3376 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3377 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3382 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3384 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3386 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3388 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3391 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3392 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3395 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3397 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3401 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3403 *pnum_locals = num_locals;
3407 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3408 ELF data structure. */
3410 static inline file_ptr
3411 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3413 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3416 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3417 required section alignment. */
3420 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3424 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3425 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3426 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3427 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3428 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3429 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3430 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3434 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3435 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3436 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3439 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3440 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3442 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3443 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
3445 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3446 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3447 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3449 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3452 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3453 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3454 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3456 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3459 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3460 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3461 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3463 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
3464 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
3465 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
3469 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3472 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3473 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
3474 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3475 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3479 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3480 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3482 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3487 if (link_info == NULL)
3489 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3494 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3495 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3496 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3497 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3498 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3499 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3500 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3501 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3502 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3503 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3504 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3506 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3512 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3514 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
3516 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3517 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3519 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3520 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3521 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3523 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3524 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3526 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
3528 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3530 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3531 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3533 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3536 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3541 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3542 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3544 static bfd_size_type
3545 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3549 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3551 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3552 and one for data. */
3555 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3556 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3558 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3559 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3560 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3565 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3567 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3571 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3573 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3577 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
3579 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3583 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
3585 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3589 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3591 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3592 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3594 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3596 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3597 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3598 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3599 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3600 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3601 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3603 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3604 while (s->next != NULL
3605 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3606 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3607 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3612 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3614 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3616 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3622 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3623 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3624 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3628 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3634 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3637 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3640 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3642 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3643 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3645 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3651 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3652 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3659 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3661 static struct elf_segment_map *
3662 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3663 asection **sections,
3668 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3673 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3674 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3675 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3679 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3680 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3681 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3682 m->count = to - from;
3684 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3686 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3687 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3688 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3694 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3697 struct elf_segment_map *
3698 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3700 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3702 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3703 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3707 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3709 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3714 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3717 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3718 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3719 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3721 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3722 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3724 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3725 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3726 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3727 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3729 m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
3732 unsigned int i, new_count;
3734 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3736 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3737 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3738 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3740 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3744 (*m)->count = new_count;
3746 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3752 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3753 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3755 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3762 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3765 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3768 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3769 asection **sections = NULL;
3770 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3771 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3773 no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
3776 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
3778 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3782 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3783 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3786 unsigned int phdr_index;
3787 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3789 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3790 bfd_boolean writable;
3792 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3793 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3795 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
3797 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3799 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
3800 sizeof (asection *));
3801 if (sections == NULL)
3804 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3805 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3807 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
3808 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
3811 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3813 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3817 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3818 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
3819 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
3822 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3825 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3827 /* Build the mapping. */
3832 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3833 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3835 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3836 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3838 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3839 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3843 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3844 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3845 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3846 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3847 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3852 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3853 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3857 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3865 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3866 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3867 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3871 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3873 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3875 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3878 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3879 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3880 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3881 program headers we will need. */
3884 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
3886 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3887 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3888 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
3889 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3890 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
3891 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
3892 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3893 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
3894 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3897 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3900 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3904 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3907 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3909 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3910 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3911 new_segment = FALSE;
3913 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3915 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3916 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3920 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
3921 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
3923 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3924 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3927 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3928 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3929 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3930 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3931 section can be included in the current segment. */
3932 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3934 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3937 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3938 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3941 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3942 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3944 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3945 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3946 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3949 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3951 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3952 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3953 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3954 new_segment = FALSE;
3957 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3958 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
3959 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
3961 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3962 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3963 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3964 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3965 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3966 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3967 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3972 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3973 new_segment = FALSE;
3976 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3977 if (last_hdr != NULL
3979 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
3981 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
3987 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3990 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3991 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3992 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3993 last_size = hdr->size;
3999 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4000 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4002 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4009 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4015 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4016 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4017 last_size = hdr->size;
4021 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4024 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4026 if (last_hdr != NULL
4027 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4028 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4029 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4031 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4039 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4042 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4049 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4050 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4051 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4052 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4053 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4055 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4057 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4058 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4063 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4064 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4065 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4067 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4068 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4069 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4070 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4076 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4077 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4081 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4085 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4086 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4089 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4090 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4094 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4102 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4105 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4106 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4107 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4112 m->count = tls_count;
4113 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4115 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4116 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4118 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
4119 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
4120 first_tls = first_tls->next;
4127 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4129 eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
4130 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4131 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4133 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4134 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4138 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4140 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4146 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4148 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4149 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4153 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4154 m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
4155 m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
4156 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4157 m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
4158 if (info->stacksize > 0)
4160 m->p_size = info->stacksize;
4161 m->p_size_valid = 1;
4168 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4170 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4172 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
4174 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
4175 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
4178 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
4179 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4180 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4183 if (i == (unsigned) -1)
4186 if (m->sections[i]->vma + m->sections[i]->size
4192 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4195 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4196 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4200 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4202 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4210 elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
4213 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
4216 for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4218 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4223 if (sections != NULL)
4228 /* Sort sections by address. */
4231 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4233 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4234 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4235 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4237 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4238 place the section into a segment. */
4239 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4241 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4244 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4245 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4246 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4248 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4251 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4253 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4259 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4260 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4261 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4262 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4267 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4272 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4273 before others at the same address. */
4275 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4276 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4283 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4286 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4288 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4289 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4290 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4291 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4292 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4295 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4296 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4298 /* In other words, something like:
4300 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4301 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4302 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4303 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4305 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4307 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4310 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4312 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4316 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4319 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4324 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4325 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4326 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4327 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4328 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4329 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4331 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4332 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4336 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4337 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4338 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4344 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
4349 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
4351 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
4354 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
4359 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4360 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4364 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4365 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4367 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4368 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4369 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4370 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4372 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4375 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
4377 if (link_info == NULL
4378 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4382 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4386 header_pad = m->header_size;
4391 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4392 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4396 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4397 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
4398 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
4401 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4403 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4404 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4406 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
4407 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4411 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4415 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4416 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4417 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4418 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4419 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4421 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4422 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4423 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4424 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
4426 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
4428 (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
4429 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4430 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4435 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4436 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4438 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4439 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4440 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
4446 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
4448 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4452 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4454 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4455 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4456 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4457 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4458 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4460 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4461 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4462 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4465 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4466 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4467 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4468 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4469 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4470 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4471 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4476 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4478 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4479 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4480 else if (m->count == 0)
4483 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4485 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4486 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4488 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4489 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4490 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4491 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4492 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4493 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4494 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4496 if (m->p_align_valid)
4497 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4499 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4501 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4502 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4503 else if (m->count == 0)
4504 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4508 no_contents = FALSE;
4510 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4513 bfd_size_type align;
4514 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4516 if (m->p_align_valid)
4520 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4522 unsigned int secalign;
4524 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4525 if (secalign > align_power)
4526 align_power = secalign;
4528 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4529 if (align < maxpagesize)
4530 align = maxpagesize;
4533 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4534 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4535 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4536 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4537 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4538 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4540 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4543 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4544 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
4546 no_contents = FALSE;
4550 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
4554 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4555 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4556 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4557 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4558 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4559 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4560 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4561 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4566 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4567 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4568 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4570 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4573 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4575 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4578 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4579 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4580 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4581 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4587 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4589 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4591 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4592 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4595 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4597 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4598 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4600 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4605 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4610 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4612 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4615 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4617 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4621 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4622 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4623 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4627 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4628 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4631 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
4632 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
4636 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4637 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4639 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4645 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4647 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4648 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4652 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4653 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4654 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4655 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4656 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4657 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4660 bfd_size_type align;
4661 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4664 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4665 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4667 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4668 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4669 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4670 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4671 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4672 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4674 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
4675 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
4676 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
4677 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
4681 || p_end < p_start))
4683 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4684 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
4685 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
4689 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4691 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4693 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
4695 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4696 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4698 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
4699 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
4703 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4707 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4709 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4713 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4714 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4715 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4721 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4730 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4732 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4733 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4734 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4736 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4737 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
4738 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
4740 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4741 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4742 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4743 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4744 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4745 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4747 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
4749 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
4752 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4754 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4755 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4756 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4757 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4758 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4759 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4761 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4763 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4764 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4766 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4768 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4769 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4772 if (align > p->p_align
4773 && !m->p_align_valid
4774 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4775 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4779 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4782 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4784 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4790 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4791 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4792 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4794 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
4796 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
4797 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
4798 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
4799 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
4800 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
4801 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
4803 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4808 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4810 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4813 sec = m->sections[i];
4814 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4815 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
4816 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
4818 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4819 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4821 print_segment_map (m);
4827 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
4831 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4834 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4835 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4837 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4838 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4839 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4840 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4841 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4842 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4843 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
4844 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4845 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4847 unsigned int num_sec;
4851 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4852 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4853 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
4854 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4856 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4859 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4860 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4861 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4862 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4863 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4864 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4866 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4867 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4868 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4870 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4872 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
4873 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4874 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4875 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4878 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4880 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4883 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4884 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4885 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
4886 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]
4887 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)])
4888 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4890 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4893 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4894 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4898 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4900 hdrs_segment = NULL;
4901 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4902 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
4905 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4908 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4910 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4911 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4913 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4915 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4916 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4917 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4920 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4921 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4926 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
4928 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4929 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4930 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4932 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
4933 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
4934 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4935 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4937 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
4938 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
4939 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4940 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
4943 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
4944 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4945 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
4947 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4948 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4957 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
4958 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
4962 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
4963 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4966 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
4967 hash->def_regular = 1;
4972 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
4974 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4976 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4977 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
4979 if (link_info != NULL)
4981 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4983 for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
4985 lm = lm->next, lp++)
4987 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4988 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
4989 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end
4991 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
4995 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4996 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
4997 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
5001 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5002 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5003 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
5005 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5006 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
5011 if (lp < phdrs + count)
5013 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
5014 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
5015 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5016 if (link_info != NULL)
5017 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5018 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5019 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5022 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5023 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5024 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5025 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5026 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5028 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5030 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5031 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
5035 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5036 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5039 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
5041 if (m->p_size_valid)
5042 p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
5044 else if (m->count != 0)
5046 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5047 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5048 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5050 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
5053 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5054 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5056 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5057 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5058 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5060 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5067 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5069 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5070 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5071 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5073 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5075 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5076 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5077 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5081 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5086 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5087 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5088 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5090 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5091 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5092 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5093 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5094 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5095 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5096 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5098 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5101 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5102 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5104 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5105 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5107 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5109 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5110 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5112 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5113 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5114 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5117 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5118 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5120 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5121 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5122 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5123 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5125 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5128 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5129 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5130 || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
5131 || i == elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)
5132 || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd))
5134 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5137 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5144 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5145 assignment of sections to segments. */
5146 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5149 /* And for non-load sections. */
5150 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5153 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
5155 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
5159 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5160 if (link_info != NULL
5161 && link_info->executable
5162 && link_info->shared)
5164 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
5165 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5166 Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
5168 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5169 bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
5170 for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
5171 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
5172 p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5174 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5175 segments is non-zero. */
5177 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5180 /* Write out the program headers. */
5181 alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5182 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
5183 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
5186 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5189 /* Place the section headers. */
5190 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
5191 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
5192 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
5194 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5200 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
5202 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5203 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
5204 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5206 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5208 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5209 if (shstrtab == NULL)
5212 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
5214 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
5215 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
5216 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
5217 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
5219 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
5220 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
5221 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
5222 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
5224 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5225 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
5226 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
5227 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5228 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5229 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
5231 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
5233 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
5235 case bfd_arch_unknown:
5236 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
5239 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5240 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5241 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5242 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5243 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5244 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5245 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5246 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5248 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
5251 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
5252 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5254 /* No program header, for now. */
5255 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5256 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5257 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
5259 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5260 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
5261 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
5263 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5264 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
5265 /* It all happens later. */
5269 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5270 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5273 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
5274 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
5275 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
5276 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
5277 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
5278 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
5279 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5280 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5281 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
5287 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5288 of the loadable file image. */
5291 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
5294 unsigned int i, num_sec;
5295 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
5297 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5299 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5300 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
5302 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5305 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5306 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5307 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5310 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5314 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5316 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5317 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5319 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5320 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
5322 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5323 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5326 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5329 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5333 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5335 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5336 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5337 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5339 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5340 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5341 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5343 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5345 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5346 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5351 /* Write out the section header names. */
5352 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
5353 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5354 && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5355 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5358 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5359 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
5361 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
5364 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5365 if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
5366 return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
5372 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5374 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5375 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5378 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5381 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5383 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5384 unsigned int sec_index;
5386 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5387 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5388 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5390 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5391 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
5392 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5393 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
5394 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5395 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
5397 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
5399 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5400 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5402 int retval = sec_index;
5404 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5408 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
5409 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5414 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5418 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5420 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5422 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5424 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5425 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5426 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5427 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5428 input sections rather than the output section. */
5429 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5430 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5431 && asym_ptr->section)
5436 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5437 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5438 sec = sec->output_section;
5439 if (sec->owner == abfd
5440 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5441 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5442 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5445 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5449 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5450 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5451 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5452 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5453 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5454 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5461 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5462 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
5470 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5473 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5475 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5476 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5477 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5478 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5479 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5482 unsigned int num_segments;
5483 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5484 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5485 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5486 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5487 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5488 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5490 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5491 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5494 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5496 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5497 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5499 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5500 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5501 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5502 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5504 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5505 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5506 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5507 ? section->size : 0)
5509 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5510 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5511 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5512 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5513 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5514 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5516 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5517 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5518 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5519 (section->lma >= base \
5520 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5521 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5523 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5524 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5525 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5526 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5527 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5528 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5529 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5531 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5533 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5535 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5539 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5540 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5541 p_memsz set to 0. */
5542 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5544 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5545 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5546 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5547 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5549 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5550 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5551 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5553 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5554 A section will be included if:
5555 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5556 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5557 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5559 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5560 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5561 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5562 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5563 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5564 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5565 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5566 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5567 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5568 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5569 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5570 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5571 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5572 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5573 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5574 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5575 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5576 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5577 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5578 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5579 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5580 || (segment->p_paddr \
5581 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5582 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5583 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5585 && !section->segment_mark)
5587 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5588 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5589 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5590 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5591 && section->output_section != NULL)
5593 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5594 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5595 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5597 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5598 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5599 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5600 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5601 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5603 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5604 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5605 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5606 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5607 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5609 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5610 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5611 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5613 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5614 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5615 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5616 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5617 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5618 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5621 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5623 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5627 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5628 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5629 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5630 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5631 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5636 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5638 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5639 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5640 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5642 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5643 assignment code will work. */
5644 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5648 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5650 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5651 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5652 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5656 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5657 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5659 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5661 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5662 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5665 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5666 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5668 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5670 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5671 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5673 if (extra_length > 0)
5675 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5676 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5679 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5681 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5683 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5688 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5690 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5691 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5693 if (extra_length > 0)
5695 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5696 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5699 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5704 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5705 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5709 unsigned int section_count;
5710 asection **sections;
5711 asection *output_section;
5713 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5714 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5717 asection *first_section;
5718 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5719 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5721 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5724 first_section = NULL;
5725 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5726 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5728 section = section->next)
5730 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5731 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5732 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5734 if (first_section == NULL)
5735 first_section = section;
5736 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5741 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5742 all of the sections we have selected. */
5743 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5744 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5745 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5749 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5750 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5752 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5753 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5754 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5756 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5757 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5759 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5761 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5762 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5765 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5766 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5767 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5768 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5769 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5771 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5773 map->includes_phdrs =
5774 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5775 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5776 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5777 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5779 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5780 phdr_included = TRUE;
5783 if (section_count == 0)
5785 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5786 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5787 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5788 a warning is produced. */
5789 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5790 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5791 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5795 *pointer_to_map = map;
5796 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5801 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5802 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5803 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5804 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5806 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5807 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5810 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5811 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5812 of the first section.
5814 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5815 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5816 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5817 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5818 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5820 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5821 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5822 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5823 or segments to contain the other sections.
5825 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5826 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5827 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5829 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5830 if (sections == NULL)
5833 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5834 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5835 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5836 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5837 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5842 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5843 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5845 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5847 section = section->next)
5848 if (section == first_section)
5851 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5853 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5855 output_section = section->output_section;
5857 sections[j++] = section;
5859 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5860 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5861 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5862 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5864 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5865 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5867 && output_section->lma != 0
5868 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5869 + (map->includes_filehdr
5872 + (map->includes_phdrs
5874 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5876 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5878 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5879 LMA address of the output section. */
5880 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5881 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5882 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5883 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5885 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5887 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5888 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5891 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5892 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5894 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5896 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5898 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5899 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5902 if (j == section_count)
5907 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5909 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5911 if (isec == section_count)
5913 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5914 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5915 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5916 program header in the input BFD. */
5917 map->count = section_count;
5918 *pointer_to_map = map;
5919 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5922 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5923 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5924 && !map->includes_filehdr
5925 && !map->includes_phdrs)
5926 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5927 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5929 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5936 if (!first_matching_lma)
5938 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5939 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5940 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5941 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5945 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5946 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5947 the LMA of the first section. */
5948 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5951 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5952 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5953 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5955 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
5956 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5959 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
5960 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5964 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5966 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5968 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5970 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5971 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5972 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5973 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5974 offset when we know the correct value. */
5975 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5976 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5979 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5983 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5984 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5985 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5986 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5987 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5988 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5995 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5997 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5998 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
6000 section = sections[j];
6002 if (section == NULL)
6005 output_section = section->output_section;
6007 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
6009 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6010 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
6012 if (map->count == 0)
6014 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6015 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6017 if (output_section->lma
6019 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
6020 + (map->includes_phdrs
6021 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
6029 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
6031 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6032 and the start of this section is more than
6033 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6034 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
6036 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
6037 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
6038 > output_section->lma))
6040 if (first_suggested_lma)
6042 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6043 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6050 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
6053 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
6055 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6057 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6058 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6062 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
6064 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6065 *pointer_to_map = map;
6066 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6068 if (isec < section_count)
6070 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6071 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6072 and carry on looping. */
6073 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6074 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6075 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6082 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6083 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6084 not yet been assigned. */
6086 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6087 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6088 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6089 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6090 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6091 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
6092 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6095 while (isec < section_count);
6100 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6102 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6103 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6104 the offset if necessary. */
6105 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
6109 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
6112 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
6113 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
6114 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6119 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6120 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6122 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6123 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6124 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6125 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6126 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6127 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6131 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6134 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6136 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6137 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6138 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6139 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6140 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6142 unsigned int num_segments;
6143 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6144 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6146 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6149 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6151 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6152 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6153 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6154 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6155 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6158 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6160 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6164 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6169 unsigned int section_count;
6171 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6172 asection *first_section = NULL;
6173 asection *lowest_section;
6175 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6176 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6178 section = section->next)
6180 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6181 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6183 if (first_section == NULL)
6184 first_section = section;
6189 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6190 all of the sections we have selected. */
6191 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6192 if (section_count != 0)
6193 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6194 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6198 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6201 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6202 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6203 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6204 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6205 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6206 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
6207 map->p_align_valid = 1;
6208 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
6210 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
6211 || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6213 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6214 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6215 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6216 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6217 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6219 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
6220 map->p_size_valid = 1;
6223 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6224 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6225 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6226 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6228 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6229 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6231 map->includes_phdrs =
6232 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6233 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6234 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6235 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6237 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6238 phdr_included = TRUE;
6241 lowest_section = first_section;
6242 if (section_count != 0)
6244 unsigned int isec = 0;
6246 for (section = first_section;
6248 section = section->next)
6250 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6251 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6253 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
6254 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6258 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
6259 lowest_section = section;
6261 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6262 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6263 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6264 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6266 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6267 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
6269 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
6270 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
6271 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6273 if (isec == section_count)
6279 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
6280 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6281 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
6283 if (!map->includes_phdrs
6284 && !map->includes_filehdr
6285 && map->p_paddr_valid)
6286 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6287 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
6288 - segment->p_paddr);
6290 map->count = section_count;
6291 *pointer_to_map = map;
6292 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6295 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6299 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6303 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6305 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6306 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6309 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
6312 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6314 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6315 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6316 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6317 asection *section, *osec;
6318 unsigned int i, num_segments;
6319 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6320 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6322 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6324 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6325 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
6328 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6329 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6330 section = section->next)
6331 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6333 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6334 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6338 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6339 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6340 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6341 map in this case. */
6342 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
6343 && segment->p_memsz == 0
6344 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
6347 for (section = ibfd->sections;
6348 section != NULL; section = section->next)
6350 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6351 from the input BFD. */
6352 osec = section->output_section;
6354 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
6356 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6357 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6358 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6360 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6361 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6363 || section->flags != osec->flags
6364 || section->lma != osec->lma
6365 || section->vma != osec->vma
6366 || section->size != osec->size
6367 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
6368 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
6374 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6376 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6377 section = section->next)
6379 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
6382 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6385 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6389 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6391 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6392 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6393 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6395 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6396 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
6398 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6401 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
6402 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
6403 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
6405 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
6406 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
6409 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6412 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6415 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6419 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6422 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6423 bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable;
6425 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6426 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6429 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
6431 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6432 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6433 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6434 that the linker clears to differ. */
6435 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
6436 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
6438 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
6439 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
6440 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
6442 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6443 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6444 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
6446 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6447 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6448 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6449 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6452 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
6453 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
6455 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
6456 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
6457 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6458 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
6462 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6464 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6465 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6466 may be NULL at this point. */
6467 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6469 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6470 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6471 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6474 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6479 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6480 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6483 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6488 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6490 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6491 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6494 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6495 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6497 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6499 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6500 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6501 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6502 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6503 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6505 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6509 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6510 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6511 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6512 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6513 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6517 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
6521 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6522 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
6524 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6525 asection *s = first;
6526 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
6530 /* If this member section is being output but the
6531 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6532 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6533 if (s->output_section != discarded
6534 && isec->output_section == discarded)
6536 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6537 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6539 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6540 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6541 else if (s->output_section == discarded
6542 && isec->output_section != discarded)
6544 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6550 if (discarded != NULL)
6552 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6553 adjust the input section size. This function may
6554 be called multiple times, so save the original
6556 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6557 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6558 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
6562 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6564 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
6572 /* Copy private header information. */
6575 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6577 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6578 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6581 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6582 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6583 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6584 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6585 already been worked out. */
6586 if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6588 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6592 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
6595 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6596 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6597 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6598 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6599 swap_out_syms function. */
6601 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6602 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6603 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6604 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6605 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6608 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6613 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6615 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6616 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6619 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6620 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6623 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6625 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6629 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6630 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6631 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6632 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6633 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6634 else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
6636 else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
6637 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6638 else if (shndx == elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd))
6639 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6640 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6646 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6649 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6650 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6653 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6656 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6657 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6658 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6659 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6660 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6661 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6663 unsigned int num_locals;
6665 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6667 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
6670 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6671 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6675 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6676 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6677 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6678 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6679 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6680 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6681 symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
6682 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6684 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6685 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6687 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6688 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6689 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6691 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6694 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6696 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6697 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6698 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6700 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6701 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
6702 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6703 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6705 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6709 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6710 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6711 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6712 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6713 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6716 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6718 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6719 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6725 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6726 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6727 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6728 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6729 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6730 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6734 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6735 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6737 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6738 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6740 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6741 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6742 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6743 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6746 if (!name_local_sections
6747 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6749 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6754 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6757 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6759 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6764 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6766 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6767 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6769 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6770 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6771 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6772 sym.st_size = value;
6773 if (type_ptr == NULL
6774 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6775 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6777 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6778 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6779 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6783 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6786 if (sec->output_section)
6788 value += sec->output_offset;
6789 sec = sec->output_section;
6792 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6793 if (! relocatable_p)
6795 sym.st_value = value;
6796 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6798 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6800 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6802 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6803 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6804 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6805 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6809 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6812 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6815 shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
6818 shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
6821 shndx = elf_symtab_shndx (abfd);
6830 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6832 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6836 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6837 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6838 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6839 demand of applications. For example, it
6840 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6841 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6842 actually in the output file. */
6843 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6846 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6847 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6848 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6850 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6851 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6855 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6856 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6860 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6863 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6865 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
6866 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
6867 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6869 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6871 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6873 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6878 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6881 /* Processor-specific types. */
6882 if (type_ptr != NULL
6883 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6884 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6885 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6887 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6889 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6890 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6892 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6894 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6896 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6897 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6898 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6901 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6903 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6904 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6908 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6909 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6912 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6914 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6916 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
6917 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
6918 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6920 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6923 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6926 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6928 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6929 sym.st_target_internal
6930 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
6935 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6938 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6939 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6940 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6941 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6945 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6946 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6948 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6949 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6950 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6951 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6952 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6953 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6958 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6960 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6961 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6962 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6965 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6969 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6971 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6972 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6974 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6980 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6984 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6986 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6988 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6992 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6993 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6995 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
7001 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7004 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
7007 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7010 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7017 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7019 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
7022 tblptr = section->relocation;
7023 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
7024 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
7028 return section->reloc_count;
7032 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
7034 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7035 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
7038 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7043 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
7044 asymbol **allocation)
7046 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7047 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
7050 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7054 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7055 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7056 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7057 dynamic reloc section. */
7060 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7065 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7067 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7071 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
7072 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7073 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7074 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7075 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7076 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
7077 * sizeof (arelent *));
7082 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7083 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7084 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7085 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7086 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7087 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7088 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7091 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7095 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
7099 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7101 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7105 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
7107 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7109 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7110 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7111 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7116 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
7118 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
7120 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
7131 /* Read in the version information. */
7134 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
7136 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7137 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
7139 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
7141 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7142 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
7143 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
7145 bfd_byte *contents_end;
7147 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
7149 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
7150 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
7151 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
7154 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
7156 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7157 if (contents == NULL)
7159 error_return_verref:
7160 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
7161 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
7164 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7165 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7166 goto error_return_verref;
7168 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
7169 goto error_return_verref;
7171 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
7172 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
7173 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
7174 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
7175 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
7176 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
7178 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
7179 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
7182 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
7184 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
7186 iverneed->vn_filename =
7187 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7189 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
7190 goto error_return_verref;
7192 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
7193 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
7196 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
7197 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
7198 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
7199 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
7200 goto error_return_verref;
7203 if (iverneed->vn_aux
7204 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7205 goto error_return_verref;
7207 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7208 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
7209 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
7210 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
7212 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
7214 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
7215 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7216 ivernaux->vna_name);
7217 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
7218 goto error_return_verref;
7220 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
7221 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
7223 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
7225 if (ivernaux->vna_next
7226 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
7227 goto error_return_verref;
7229 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7230 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
7232 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
7233 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
7236 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
7237 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
7239 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
7241 if (iverneed->vn_next
7242 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7243 goto error_return_verref;
7245 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
7246 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
7253 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
7255 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7256 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
7257 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7258 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
7259 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
7261 unsigned int maxidx;
7262 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
7264 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
7266 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7267 if (contents == NULL)
7269 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7270 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7273 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
7276 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
7277 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
7278 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
7279 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
7280 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
7281 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
7283 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7284 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7286 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7288 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
7290 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7292 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
7293 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
7295 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
7296 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7299 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7300 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
7303 if (default_imported_symver)
7305 if (freeidx > maxidx)
7310 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7311 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7312 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7315 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
7317 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7318 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
7319 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
7321 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
7322 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7325 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7327 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
7329 error_return_verdef:
7330 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
7331 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
7335 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
7336 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7338 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7340 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
7341 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
7344 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7345 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
7346 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7347 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7348 goto error_return_verdef;
7352 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7353 goto error_return_verdef;
7355 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7356 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
7357 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7358 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
7360 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
7362 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
7363 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7364 iverdaux->vda_name);
7365 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
7366 goto error_return_verdef;
7368 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
7369 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
7371 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7373 if (iverdaux->vda_next
7374 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
7375 goto error_return_verdef;
7377 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7378 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
7381 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
7382 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
7384 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
7385 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
7387 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7389 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7390 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
7396 else if (default_imported_symver)
7403 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7404 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7405 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7408 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
7411 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7412 if (default_imported_symver)
7414 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7415 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7417 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
7419 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
7420 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
7421 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
7422 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
7424 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7426 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
7427 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
7428 goto error_return_verdef;
7429 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7430 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7431 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7432 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7433 goto error_return_verdef;
7435 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7436 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
7437 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7443 if (contents != NULL)
7449 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
7451 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
7452 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
7454 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7459 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
7460 return &newsym->symbol;
7465 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7469 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
7472 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7473 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7477 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7480 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7481 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
7484 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7485 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7486 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
7489 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7490 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7491 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7492 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7493 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7494 we treat such symbols as local. */
7495 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
7502 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7503 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7510 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
7511 enum bfd_architecture arch,
7512 unsigned long machine)
7514 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7515 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7516 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
7517 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
7518 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
7521 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
7524 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7525 for error reporting. */
7528 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd,
7532 const char **filename_ptr,
7533 const char **functionname_ptr)
7535 struct elf_find_function_cache
7537 asection *last_section;
7539 const char *filename;
7540 bfd_size_type func_size;
7543 if (symbols == NULL)
7546 cache = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache;
7549 cache = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*cache));
7550 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache = cache;
7554 if (cache->last_section != section
7555 || cache->func == NULL
7556 || offset < cache->func->value
7557 || offset >= cache->func->value + cache->func_size)
7562 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7563 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7564 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7565 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7566 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7567 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7568 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7569 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7570 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7571 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7575 state = nothing_seen;
7576 cache->filename = NULL;
7578 cache->func_size = 0;
7579 cache->last_section = section;
7581 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7587 if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0)
7590 if (state == symbol_seen)
7591 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7595 size = bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, section, &code_off);
7597 && code_off <= offset
7598 && (code_off > low_func
7599 || (code_off == low_func
7600 && size > cache->func_size)))
7603 cache->func_size = size;
7604 cache->filename = NULL;
7605 low_func = code_off;
7607 && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0
7608 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7609 cache->filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7611 if (state == nothing_seen)
7612 state = symbol_seen;
7616 if (cache->func == NULL)
7620 *filename_ptr = cache->filename;
7621 if (functionname_ptr)
7622 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (cache->func);
7627 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7628 for error reporting. */
7631 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7635 const char **filename_ptr,
7636 const char **functionname_ptr,
7637 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7639 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd, section, symbols,
7640 offset, filename_ptr,
7647 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd,
7651 const char **filename_ptr,
7652 const char **functionname_ptr,
7653 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7654 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7658 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7659 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7662 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7663 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7664 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7670 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
7671 section, symbols, offset,
7672 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7673 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7674 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7676 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7677 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7678 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7684 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7685 &found, filename_ptr,
7686 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7687 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7689 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7692 if (symbols == NULL)
7695 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7696 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7703 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7706 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7707 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7709 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7710 filename_ptr, line_ptr,
7715 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7716 const char **filename_ptr,
7717 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7718 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7720 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7721 filename_ptr, line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7722 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7725 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7726 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7727 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7728 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7729 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7732 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7733 const char **filename_ptr,
7734 const char **functionname_ptr,
7735 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7738 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7739 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7740 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7745 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7747 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7748 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7750 if (!info->relocatable)
7752 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
7754 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7756 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7759 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
7760 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7763 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7766 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
7774 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7776 const void *location,
7778 bfd_size_type count)
7780 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7783 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7784 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7787 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7788 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7789 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7790 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7797 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7798 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7799 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7804 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7807 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7809 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7811 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7813 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7814 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7816 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7817 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7819 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7821 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7824 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7827 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7830 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7833 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7836 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7839 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7845 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7847 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7849 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7850 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7852 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7857 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7863 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7866 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7869 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7872 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7875 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7881 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7885 areloc->howto = howto;
7893 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7894 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7895 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7896 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7901 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7903 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
7904 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
7906 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7907 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7908 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7911 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7914 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7915 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7916 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7919 bfd_reloc_status_type
7920 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7921 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7922 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7923 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7924 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7926 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7929 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7930 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7931 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7932 out details about the corefile. */
7934 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7935 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7936 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7937 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7940 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7941 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7944 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7948 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
7950 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
7955 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7956 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7957 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7961 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7965 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7968 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7972 sect2->size = sect->size;
7973 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7974 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7978 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7979 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7980 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7981 such a section already exists.
7982 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7983 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7984 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7986 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7992 char *threaded_name;
7996 /* Build the section name. */
7998 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7999 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8000 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8001 if (threaded_name == NULL)
8003 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
8005 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
8010 sect->filepos = filepos;
8011 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8013 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
8016 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8018 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8022 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8025 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8030 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
8034 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8035 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
8036 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8038 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8039 has already been set by another thread. */
8040 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8041 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8042 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
8043 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8045 /* pr_who exists on:
8048 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8051 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8052 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8054 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8057 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8058 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
8060 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8061 prstatus32_t prstat;
8063 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8064 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
8065 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8067 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8068 has already been set by another thread. */
8069 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8070 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8071 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
8072 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8074 /* pr_who exists on:
8077 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8080 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8081 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8083 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8086 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8089 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8090 note size (ie. data object type). */
8094 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8095 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
8096 size, note->descpos + offset);
8098 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8100 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8102 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8104 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8106 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
8107 note->descsz, note->descpos);
8110 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8111 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8112 data structure apart. */
8115 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8117 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8120 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8121 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8125 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8127 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8130 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8131 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8132 contents literally. */
8135 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8137 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
8141 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8143 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
8147 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8149 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
8153 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8155 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
8159 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8161 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
8165 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8167 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
8171 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8173 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
8177 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8179 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
8183 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8185 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
8189 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8191 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
8195 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8197 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
8201 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8203 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
8207 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8209 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
8213 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8215 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
8219 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8221 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
8225 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8227 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
8230 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8231 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8232 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8233 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8237 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8238 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8239 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8240 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8244 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8245 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8246 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8249 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
8252 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
8260 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
8264 memcpy (dups, start, len);
8270 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8272 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8274 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
8276 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
8278 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8280 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8281 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8283 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
8284 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8285 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8287 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8288 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8289 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8291 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8292 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
8294 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8295 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
8297 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8299 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8300 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8302 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
8303 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8304 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8306 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8307 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8308 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8314 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8315 note size (ie. data object type). */
8319 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8320 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8321 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8324 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
8325 int n = strlen (command);
8327 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
8328 command[n - 1] = '\0';
8333 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8335 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8337 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8339 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
8340 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8341 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
8347 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8349 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8351 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8352 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
8354 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8357 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8359 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8362 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8363 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8364 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8368 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8370 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8372 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8374 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8380 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
8381 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8382 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
8387 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
8389 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
8390 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8392 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8393 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
8395 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8397 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8398 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8399 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8402 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8404 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8408 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8409 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8410 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8411 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8414 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8415 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
8416 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
8419 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8421 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8424 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8426 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8427 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8428 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8431 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8433 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8437 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8438 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8439 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8440 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8443 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8444 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
8445 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
8448 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8450 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
8452 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8455 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8462 int is_active_thread;
8465 if (note->descsz < 728)
8468 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
8471 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
8475 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8476 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8477 /* process_info.pid */
8478 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8479 /* process_info.signal */
8480 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
8483 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8484 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8485 /* thread_info.tid */
8486 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
8488 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8489 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8493 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8495 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8499 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8501 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8502 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
8503 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8505 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8506 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8508 if (is_active_thread)
8509 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8513 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8514 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8515 /* module_info.base_address */
8516 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
8517 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
8519 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8520 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8524 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8526 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8531 sect->size = note->descsz;
8532 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8533 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8544 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8546 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8554 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
8555 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
8557 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8558 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
8563 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8565 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
8568 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8570 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
8573 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8574 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
8576 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
8577 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
8579 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
8580 if (note->namesz == 6
8581 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8582 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
8586 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8587 if (note->namesz == 6
8588 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8589 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
8594 if (note->namesz == 6
8595 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8596 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
8601 if (note->namesz == 6
8602 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8603 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
8607 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
8608 if (note->namesz == 6
8609 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8610 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
8615 if (note->namesz == 6
8616 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8617 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
8621 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
8622 if (note->namesz == 6
8623 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8624 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
8628 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
8629 if (note->namesz == 6
8630 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8631 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
8636 if (note->namesz == 6
8637 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8638 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
8642 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
8643 if (note->namesz == 6
8644 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8645 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
8649 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
8650 if (note->namesz == 6
8651 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8652 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
8656 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
8657 if (note->namesz == 6
8658 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8659 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
8664 if (note->namesz == 6
8665 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8666 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
8671 if (note->namesz == 6
8672 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8673 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
8678 if (note->namesz == 6
8679 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8680 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
8684 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
8685 if (note->namesz == 6
8686 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8687 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
8691 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
8692 if (note->namesz == 6
8693 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8694 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
8700 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
8701 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
8703 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8704 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
8711 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8716 sect->size = note->descsz;
8717 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8718 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8724 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8728 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8734 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8736 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
8738 if (note->descsz == 0)
8741 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
8742 t->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*t->build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
8743 if (t->build_id == NULL)
8746 t->build_id->size = note->descsz;
8747 memcpy (t->build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8753 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8760 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
8761 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
8766 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8768 struct sdt_note *cur =
8769 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
8772 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
8773 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
8774 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8776 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
8782 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8787 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
8795 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
8799 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
8802 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
8809 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8811 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8812 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
8813 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8815 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8816 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
8817 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
8819 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8820 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8821 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
8823 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8828 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8832 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
8833 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
8835 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
8837 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8838 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8839 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8840 creates a core file. */
8842 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8845 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8846 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8847 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8850 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
8854 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
8856 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8857 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8859 case bfd_arch_alpha:
8860 case bfd_arch_sparc:
8863 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
8864 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8866 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
8867 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8873 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8874 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8879 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8880 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8882 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8883 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8893 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8895 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8896 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
8897 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8899 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8900 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
8901 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
8903 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8904 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8905 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
8911 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8913 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
8914 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8916 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
8917 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8919 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
8920 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8922 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
8923 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8925 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
8927 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8932 sect->size = note->descsz;
8933 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8934 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8939 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
8941 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
8946 sect->size = note->descsz;
8947 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8948 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8957 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8959 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8966 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8967 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8969 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8970 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8972 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8973 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8975 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8976 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8978 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
8979 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
8982 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8983 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8984 thread just in case. */
8985 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8986 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
8988 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8989 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8991 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8996 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9000 sect->size = note->descsz;
9001 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9002 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9004 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
9008 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
9009 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
9017 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9018 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
9020 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
9025 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9029 sect->size = note->descsz;
9030 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9031 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9033 /* This is the current thread. */
9034 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
9035 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
9040 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9041 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9042 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9043 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9046 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9048 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9049 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9051 static long tid = 1;
9055 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
9056 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
9057 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
9058 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
9059 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
9060 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
9061 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
9062 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
9069 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9075 /* Use note name as section name. */
9077 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9080 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
9081 name[len - 1] = '\0';
9083 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9087 sect->size = note->descsz;
9088 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9089 sect->alignment_power = 1;
9094 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9097 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9101 size of data for note
9103 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9104 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9105 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9106 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9109 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9112 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
9120 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
9127 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
9129 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
9131 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
9134 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
9135 *bufsiz += newspace;
9136 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
9137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
9138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
9139 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
9143 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
9151 memcpy (dest, input, size);
9162 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
9168 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9170 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9173 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9174 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
9179 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9180 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9181 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9183 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9185 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9188 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9191 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9192 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9193 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9194 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9195 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9200 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9202 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9205 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9208 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9209 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9210 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9211 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9212 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9214 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9221 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9222 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9223 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9225 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data;
9227 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9228 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
9230 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
9231 &data, sizeof (data));
9235 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9236 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9237 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9239 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data;
9241 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9242 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
9244 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9245 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
9249 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
9256 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9258 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9261 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9263 pid, cursig, gregs);
9268 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9269 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9270 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9272 prstatus32_t prstat;
9274 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9275 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9276 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9277 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9278 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9279 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9286 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9287 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9288 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9289 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9290 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9291 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9293 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9299 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9301 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
9308 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9309 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9311 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
9312 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
9313 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9314 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9315 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
9316 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9318 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
9319 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
9321 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
9322 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
9325 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9326 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
9328 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9330 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9332 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
9336 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9337 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9339 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9340 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9341 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9343 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9347 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9348 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9349 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9350 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9358 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9359 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9360 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9361 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9365 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9368 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9374 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9375 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9376 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
9380 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9383 const void *xfpregs,
9386 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9387 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9388 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
9392 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9393 const void *xfpregs, int size)
9395 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9396 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9397 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
9401 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
9404 const void *ppc_vmx,
9407 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9408 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9409 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
9413 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
9416 const void *ppc_vsx,
9419 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9420 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9421 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
9425 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
9428 const void *s390_high_gprs,
9431 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9432 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9433 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
9434 s390_high_gprs, size);
9438 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
9441 const void *s390_timer,
9444 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9445 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9446 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
9450 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
9453 const void *s390_todcmp,
9456 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9457 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9458 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
9462 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
9465 const void *s390_todpreg,
9468 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9469 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9470 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
9474 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
9477 const void *s390_ctrs,
9480 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9481 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9482 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
9486 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
9489 const void *s390_prefix,
9492 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9493 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9494 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
9498 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
9501 const void *s390_last_break,
9504 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9505 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9506 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
9507 s390_last_break, size);
9511 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
9514 const void *s390_system_call,
9517 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9518 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9519 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
9520 s390_system_call, size);
9524 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
9527 const void *s390_tdb,
9530 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9531 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9532 note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
9536 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
9539 const void *arm_vfp,
9542 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9543 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9544 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
9548 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
9551 const void *aarch_tls,
9554 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9555 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9556 note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
9560 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
9563 const void *aarch_hw_break,
9566 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9567 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9568 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
9572 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
9575 const void *aarch_hw_watch,
9578 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9579 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9580 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
9584 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
9587 const char *section,
9591 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
9592 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9593 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9594 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9595 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9596 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9597 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9598 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9599 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9600 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9601 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9602 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9603 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9604 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9605 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9606 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9607 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9608 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9609 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9610 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9611 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9612 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9613 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9614 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9615 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9616 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9617 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
9618 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9619 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9620 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9621 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9622 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9623 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9624 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9625 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9626 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9631 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
9636 while (p < buf + size)
9638 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9639 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
9640 Elf_Internal_Note in;
9642 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
9645 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
9647 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
9648 in.namedata = xnp->name;
9649 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
9652 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
9653 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
9654 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
9656 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
9657 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
9660 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
9666 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9668 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9671 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD"))
9673 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9676 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
9678 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
9681 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
9683 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
9688 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
9694 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
9696 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
9699 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
9700 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
9702 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
9708 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
9715 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
9722 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
9725 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size);
9729 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
9730 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
9740 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9742 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9743 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9744 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9747 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
9749 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9751 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9755 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
9758 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9759 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9760 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9761 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9763 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9764 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9767 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
9771 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9773 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9777 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
9778 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
9779 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
9784 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9785 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9786 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9787 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9789 return reloc_class_normal;
9792 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9793 relocation against a local symbol. */
9796 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9797 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9799 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9801 asection *sec = *psec;
9804 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
9805 + sec->output_offset
9807 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
9808 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
9809 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9812 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9813 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9814 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
9817 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9818 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9819 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9820 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9821 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9822 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
9823 sec->kept_section = *psec;
9826 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
9827 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
9833 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9834 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9838 asection *sec = *psec;
9840 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9841 return sym->st_value + addend;
9843 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9844 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9845 sym->st_value + addend);
9849 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
9850 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9854 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
9856 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
9857 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9859 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
9860 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
9862 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
9864 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9865 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
9866 offset = sec->size - offset - address_size;
9872 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9873 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9874 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9875 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9876 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9877 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9879 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9880 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9881 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9882 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9883 the remote memory. */
9886 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9890 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
9892 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
9893 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
9897 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
9898 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9899 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9904 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9907 const char *relplt_name;
9908 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
9912 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
9918 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
9921 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
9924 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
9927 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
9928 if (relplt_name == NULL)
9929 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9930 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
9934 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
9935 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
9936 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
9939 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
9943 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
9944 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
9947 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
9948 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
9949 p = relplt->relocation;
9950 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9952 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
9956 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
9958 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9963 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
9967 names = (char *) (s + count);
9968 p = relplt->relocation;
9970 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9975 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
9976 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
9979 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
9980 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9981 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9982 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
9983 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
9984 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
9986 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
9989 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
9990 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
9996 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9997 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9998 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
9999 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
10002 memcpy (names, a, len);
10005 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10006 names += sizeof ("@plt");
10013 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10014 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10015 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
10016 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10019 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
10020 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10022 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10024 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
10026 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
10028 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10029 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10030 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10031 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10032 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
10033 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
10037 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10038 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10039 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10042 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
10044 return (type == STT_FUNC
10045 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
10048 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10049 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10050 otherwise return zero. */
10053 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
10056 bfd_size_type size;
10058 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
10059 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
10060 || sym->section != sec)
10063 *code_off = sym->value;
10065 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
10066 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;